Panasonic | MKF500WSDHK | Operating instructions | Panasonic MKF500WTNAE Operating Instructions

‫‪Operating Instructions‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫)‪Food Processor (Household Use‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ )ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ(‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ )ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪MK-F500‬‬
‫‪Model No.‬‬
‫ﺷﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫‪Thank you for purchasing this Panasonic product.‬‬
‫‪• This product is intended for household use only.‬‬
‫‪• Please read these instructions carefully in order to use this product correctly and safely.‬‬
‫”‪• Before using this product please give your special attention to the section “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS‬‬
‫‪(Page 3-5).‬‬
‫‪• Please keep the Operating Instructions for future use.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﭘﺎﻧﺎﺳﻮﻧﻴﮏ ﻣﺘﺸﮑﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻴﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺧﺎﻧﮔﯽ ﻁﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻗﺴﻤﺖ "ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻳﺎﻁﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻨﯽ")ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (23-25‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺍﻴﻥ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍ ی ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪی ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﺮًﺍ ﻟﻚﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺍء ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻧﺎﺳﻮﻧﻴﻚ‪ً.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺁﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﺪ " ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻥ " )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(43-45‬‬
‫• ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ‪.‬‬
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 3 - 5
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................................... 5
PART NAMES ....................................................................................................................................................... 6 - 7
CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................... 7
SAFETY LOCK ........................................................................................................................................................... 8
DISASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................................................... 8
FOOD PROCESSOR
(i) INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................. 9
(ii) KNIFE BLADE • KNEADING BLADE • WHIPPING BLADE • GRATING BLADE ...................................... 9 - 11
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
(iii) SLICING BLADES • SHREDDING BLADES • JULIENNE BLADE ......................................................... 12 - 13
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
(iv) SALAD DRAINER .......................................................................................................................................... 14
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
(v) CITRUS PRESS ............................................................................................................................................. 15
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
BLENDER
(i) INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................ 16
(ii) BLENDER ...................................................................................................................................................... 16
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
DRY MILL
(i) DRY MILL ....................................................................................................................................................... 17
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
AFTER USE ...................................................................................................................................................... 18 - 19
TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................................................................................................................. 20
SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 21
2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (Make sure to follow these instructions)
English
In order to prevent accidents or injuries to the user, other people and damage to property, please follow the
instructions below.
 The following indication indicates the degree of damage caused by incorrect operation.
WARNING
CAUTION
Indicates serious injury or death.
Indicates risk of injury or property damage.
 The symbols are classified and explained as follows.
This symbol indicates prohibition.
This symbol indicates requirement that must be
followed.
WARNING
 Do not damage the Cord or the Plug.
(It may cause electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Do not use the appliance if the Cord or the Plug is damaged or the Plug is loosely connected to the
outlet.
(It may cause electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
a If the Cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service center or similarly qualified
persons in order to avoid a hazard.
 Do not plug or unplug the Plug with wet hands.
(It may cause electric shock.)
 Do not exceed outlet voltage or use an alternate current other than that specified on the
appliance.
(It may cause electric shock or fire.)
• Make sure the voltage supplied to the appliance is the same as your local supply.
• Plugging other devices into the same outlet may cause over-heating.
 Do not immerse the Motor Housing in water or splash it with water.
(It may cause electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Do not dismantle, repair or modify the appliance.
(It may cause fire, electric shock or injury.)
a Please contact your service center for repairing.
 Do not insert any objects into the vent or the gap.
(It may cause electric shock or malfunction.)
• Especially metal objects such as pins or wires.
 Do not replace any parts of appliance with non-genuine spare parts.
(It may cause injury, electric shock or fire.)
 Do not try to remove the Lid when the appliance is still operating.
(It may cause injury.)
 Do not use hot water (over 60 °C) for cleaning purpose or fire to dry the appliance.
(It may cause burning or malfunction.)
 Do not place hot ingredients (over 60 °C) into the Bowl or the Blender Jug.
(It may cause injury or malfunction.)
 Do not operate without the Blender Lid in place correctly for the Blender Jug.
(It may cause injury.)
 Do not put your finger or utensils such as spoon, fork etc. into the Bowl or the Blender Jug
during operation.
(It may cause injury, electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Do not push the Safety Pin and Safety Lever with any instruments, stick etc. as the appliance
might be on.
(It may cause injury.)
3
WARNING
 This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical,
sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given
supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
(It may cause burning, injury or electric shock.)
 Insert the Plug firmly.
(Otherwise it may cause electric shock and fire caused by the heat that may generate around the Plug.)
 Clean the Plug regularly.
(A soiled Plug may cause insufficient insulation due to moisture, and may cause fire.)
 When abnormal operation or breaking down occurs, discontinue the appliance operation
immediately and unplug.
(It may cause smoke, fire or electric shock.)
e.g. during abnormal operation or breaking down.
• The Plug and the Cord becomes abnormally hot.
• The Cord is damaged or there has been a power failure.
• The Motor Housing is deformed or abnormally hot.
a Please unplug the appliance immediately and contact the service centre for advice or a repair.
 Make sure to hold the Plug when unplugging the Plug, i.e. never pull on the Cord.
(Otherwise it may cause electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Be careful if hot liquid is poured into the Bowl or Blender Jug as it can be ejected out of the
appliance due to a sudden steaming.
(It may cause burning.)
 Care should be taken when handling the sharp cutting blades, emptying the Bowl or Blender
Jug and cleaning. (e.g. Knife Blade, Slicing Blades and etc.)
(It may cause injury.)
CAUTION
 Do not leave the appliance unattended when it is in operation.
(It may cause fire or burns.)
• When leaving the appliance unattended, turn the power off.
 Do not use the appliance in the following places:
• Any uneven surface, on non-heat resistant carpet or table cloth etc.
(It may cause fire or injury.)
• In a location where there is risk of the appliance being splashed with water, or near a heat source.
(It may cause electric shock or current leakage.)
 Do not process more than the maximum capacity marked on each container respectively. Follow
the recommended ingredient amount for processing.
(It may cause injury.)
 *Do not continue operation for a long time. It is recommended to rest the appliance after a certain
operating time.
(It may cause burns.)
Operating Time
(minutes)
2
Rest Time
(minutes)
4
Blender
2
2
Dry Mill
1
2
Function
Food Processor
* With exception for the stated ”Ingredient Preparations” in this Operating Instruction.
4
 Unplug the Plug when the appliance is not in use.
(Otherwise it may cause electric shock, or fire caused by current leakage.)
 Remove the Bowl, Blender Jug and the Mill Container before lift up the Motor Housing from the
table.
(It may cause injury.)
 Switch off the appliance and disconnect it from power supply before changing accessories or
approaching parts that are moving during operation.
(It may cause injury.)
 When carrying the appliance, be sure to hold the Motor Housing with both hands. Do not carry it
by holding only the Bowl or Blender Jug or Mill Container.
(It may cause injury.)
 If the Blender Cutting Blade gets stuck, switch off the Blender, then unplug.
Do not insert your finger into the Blender Jug. Use a rubber spatula to remove the ingredients that
are blocking the Blender Cutting Blade.
(It may cause injury.)
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
 Do not place the appliance in the following places.
• In a location where the appliance being expose to excessive moisture, temperature or direct sunlight.
(It may cause malfunction.)
• Any high or low temperature location such as fridge, freezer, microwave or oven.
(It may cause malfunction or breakage.)
 Do not process hard ingredients (e.g. hard meat, meat with bones) or viscous material.
(It may cause malfunction.)
Prohibited Ingredients:
Attachments
Knife Blade
Slicing Blades,
Shredding Blades
and Julienne Blade
Description
Hard ingredients, viscous ingredients, e.g. coffee beans, dried soyabeans, frozen
food, dried squid, and etc.
Ingredients with high hard fiber concentrations, viscous ingredients, ingredients that
are too soft, e.g. hard vegetables, frozen food, ham, turmeric, ginger, lettuce, tomato,
peach, chocolate and etc.
Kneading Blade
Ingredients not suited for dough making, e.g. meat, vegetables, nuts, sauces, spreads.
Whipping Blade
Any other ingredients aside from egg whites and fresh cream.
Grating Blade
Viscous ingredients, ingredients with high hard fiber concentrations, ingredients that
are too small and thin, e.g. yam, celery, leek, pine nuts, and etc.
Salad Drainer
Large chunky ingredients, ingredients that are soft and fragile, e.g. large carrot or
potato chunks, tomato, tofu, pasta, noodle, and etc.
Citrus Press
Any other ingredients aside from citrus fruits, e.g. apple, kiwi and etc.
Blender
Hard ingredients, highly sticky ingredients, ingredients with low water content,
e.g. turmeric, dried soyabeans, frozen food, meat, fish, boiled potatoes, or
just ice cubes, and etc.
Dry Mill
Hard nuts, dried fruit, ingredients with high hard fiber concentration, moist ingredients,
liquids, e.g. various nuts, raisins, meat, vegetables, boiled egg, turmeric, and etc.
Before Use:
Always operate the appliance on a clean, dry, flat, hard and smooth surface, and clean the Rubber Foot (P.6)
before use to ensure that the Rubber Foot suction is at optimum performance.
5
English
CAUTION
PART NAMES
Food Processor
①
⑮
②
⑭
③
④
⑥
⑤
⑧
⑦
⑲
⑬
⑨
⑫
⑯
⑪
⑰
⑩
⑱
Working capacity: 1.5 L
OFF/RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER
PULSE
SPEED 2
⑳
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Food Pusher
Feeding Tube
Bowl Lid
Knife Blade
Grating Blade
Kneading Blade
Whipping Blade
Drainer Cover
Salad Drainer
Blade Stand
Fine Shredding Blade
Coarse Shredding Blade
*The shape of the Plug may vary from illustration.
6
SPEED 1
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Thin Slicing Blade
Thick Slicing Blade
Julienne Blade
Citrus Cone
Citrus Strainer
Bowl
Drive Shaft
Motor Housing
Rubber Foot
Rotary Switch
Cord
*Plug
PART NAMES
①
English
Blender, Dry Mill & Accessories
④
Working
capacity: 1 L
②
⑫
⑤
③
⑥
⑬
⑦
⑨
⑪
OFF/RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER
PULSE
SPEED 1
SPEED 2
⑩
⑧
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Blender Lid
Blender Jug
Blender Cutting Blade
Mill Container
Mill Cutting Blade
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Mill Container Base
Motor Housing
Rubber Foot
Rotary Switch
Cord
11. *Plug
12. Storage Case Unit
13. Brush
*The shape of the Plug may vary from illustration.
CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTION
When the Circuit Breaker stops the motor due to overloading, turn off the Rotary Switch to OFF position "0" and
follow the instruction below:
1. Reduce the ingredients to less than half and resume operation.
2. If it still does not start, turn off the Rotary Switch to OFF position "0" again and resume operation.
3. If all else fails, please contact your nearest service centre.
7
SAFETY LOCK
The Safety Pin is designed to prevent the appliance from switching on when
- The Bowl Lid or Citrus Strainer and the Bowl are not fully locked to each other.
- The Bowl, Blender Jug or Mill Container are not fully locked to the Motor Housing.
The Safety Lever only
activates the Safety Pin if
the Bowl Lid or Citrus
Strainer is secured on the
Bowl.
Position A : Unlock
Position B : Lock
B
A
Fully locking steps :
For Bowl and Blender Jug, align the
triangle mark with the Motor Housing as
shown in position A. Turn it clockwise
until a 'click' sound is heard and the
triangular mark now aligns to position B.
For Dry Mill, place onto Motor Housing and
turn clockwise until a 'click' sound is
heard. To unlock, follow the locking steps
in reverse.
Safety Pins
Note:
• Do not push the Safety Pin and Safety Lever with any instrument, stick etc.
• Do not pour liquids or ingredient at the Safety Pin and Safety Lever area.
• Keep the Safety Pin and Safety Lever area clean to avoid foreign particles accumulate on the area.
Actions above will ensure the Safety Pin and Safety Lever function properly. If not followed, it will
damage the parts related to the Safety Pin and Safety Lever.
DISASSEMBLY
Disassembly from Packaged Condition
1
2
2
1
Top of the
Knife Blade
Rotate the Bowl Lid anticlockwise and lift up from
the Bowl.
Hold the top of the Knife Blade and lift up to remove
from Bowl.
Note:
Beware of the sharp edges of the Knife Blade when removing it from the Bowl.
8
FOOD PROCESSOR -INTRODUCTIONEnglish
It is highly recommended to clean all attachments and accessories and dry well before using the appliance for the
first time, refer to page 18 - 19 for the cleaning method. Unplug when assembling the unit. Before plugging in,
ensure that the Rotary Switch is in the OFF position “0”. Please refer to page 19 under 'Storing' on how to
re-position the Motor Housing.
1. Place the Bowl on top of the Motor Housing until the mark
aligns as shown in A.
2
2. Turn the Bowl clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard. Ensure
that the triangle mark on the Bowl is aligned with the
rectangle mark on the Motor Housing as seen in B.
1
B
A
To disassemble, follow the assembly steps in reverse.
FOOD PROCESSOR - KNIFE BLADE • KNEADING BLADE
• WHIPPING BLADE • GRATING BLADE-
Ingredient Preparations for Knife Blade
Function
Mince
Ingredient
Meat
Speed
2
Fish
Onion
Chop
Quantity
Operating Time (approx.)
50 ~ 400 g
5 ~ 50 sec
50 ~ 500 g
3 ~ 20 sec
1
150 ~ 500 g
(Intermittent)
Preparation Method
Remove all skin, bones, and
tendons, cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes.
4 ~ 15 times
Peel skin, cut into 2 ~ 3 cm
cubes.
Garlic
5 ~ 500 g
10 ~ 30 sec
Peel skin.
Carrot
50 ~ 450 g
10 ~ 30 sec
Peel skin, cut into 2 ~ 3 cm
cubes.
5 ~ 70 g
10 ~ 40 sec
Remove stalk.
30 ~ 250 g
3 ~ 15 sec
Cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes.
Italian
Parsley
2
Mushroom
Crush
Parmesan
Cheese
2
10 ~ 200 g
10 ~ 60 sec
Cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes.
Mash
Boiled
Potato
PULSE
100 ~ 400 g
3 ~ 15 times
Cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes.
Do not over process
Frozen
Frozen
Banana
2
250 ~ 450 g
30 ~ 180 sec
1 ~ 2 cm width, half frozen condition,
i.e. toothpick can pierce.
Ice Crush
Ice Cubes
2
~ 10 pcs
~ 20 sec
Grind
Peanuts
2
10 ~ 200 g
15 ~ 30 sec
Remove peanut shell and skin.
Paste
Roasted
Peanuts
2
100 ~ 400 g
5 ~ 10 min
Remove peanut shell and skin.
Crumb
Soft White
Bread
2
10 ~ 200 g
15 ~ 60 sec
Slice soft bread into 6 to 8
pieces.
2 ~ 3 cm ice cubes.
9
FOOD PROCESSOR - KNIFE BLADE • KNEADING BLADE
• WHIPPING BLADE • GRATING BLADE-
Ingredient Preparations for Knife Blade
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
Function
Ingredient
Speed
Knead
(for
confectionary)
Flour
2
Juice Make
Fruit,
Liquid etc.
2
~ 1,500 mL
~ 120 sec
Boiled
Soup Make Vegetable,
Liquid etc.
2
~ 1,500 mL
~ 120 sec
~ 300 g
~ 120 sec
Preparation Method
Use for making confectionery
such as sweets and cakes.
Cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes. Process
solids first. Fill liquid till total not
exceeding 1,500 mL. Do not add
more than 10 pcs of ice cubes
during processing.
Cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes. Process
solids first. Fill liquid till total not
exceeding 1,500 mL.
Ingredient Preparations for Kneading Blade
Function
Ingredient
Speed
Bread Flour
Knead
(for bread)
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
300 g
~ 120 sec
2
Liquid
160 ~ 200 mL
Preparation Method
Mix yeast with water and add during the
processing of dough (adding yeast directly
before processing may result in flaking and
premature rising). If dough mix still appears
flaky after initial processing, add 1 tsp of
water into the mix. When large vibrations
occur due to dough mix wrapping around the
Drive Shaft, add 1 tbsp of flour. Do not
reprocess the dough after the process is
complete, if the dough is not satisfactory,
knead by hand.
Ingredient Preparations for Whipping Blade
Function
Ingredient
Speed
Egg White
Whip
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
Preparation Method
2 ~ 6 pcs
50 sec ~ 90 sec
Separate the egg white from the
yolk for a smooth meringue.
100 ~ 300 mL
15 sec ~ 2 min
Use fresh cream of fat content
35% or higher at 5 °C.
2
Cream
Ingredient Preparations for Grating Blade
Function
Ingredient
Speed
Carrot
Grate
Apple
Cucumber
10
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
Preparation Method
200 g
2
200 g
200 g
-
Cut into 2 ~ 3 cm cubes.
FOOD PROCESSOR - KNIFE BLADE • KNEADING BLADE
• WHIPPING BLADE • GRATING BLADE-
1
English
How to Use : Knife Blade • Kneading Blade • Whipping Blade • Grating Blade
2
or
4
1
or
3
2
or
Place the Knife Blade (Kneading Blade or Whipping
Blade or Grating Blade) into the Bowl.
Note:
For the Knife Blade, ensure that the
Drive Shaft is protruding from the Knife
Blade after insertion.
3
Put the ingredients into the Bowl. Place the Bowl Lid on
top of the Bowl and turn it clockwise until a 'click' sound
is heard. Insert the Food Pusher into the Feeding Tube.
Attach the Bowl assembly onto the Motor Housing as
seen in page 9.
Note:
For the Grating Blade, place the ingredients on top of
the blade and spread them out evenly.
4
3
2
1
2
1
Plug-in the plug into the socket and turn the Rotary
Switch to select the speed required (refer to
"Preparation of Ingredients" at page 9-10).
After the processing is completed, return the Rotary
Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug from the socket.
Remove the Knife Blade from the Bowl before removing
the processed ingredients.
Note:
• Always ensure that the Knife Blade is inserted before adding ingredients into the Bowl.
• Do not exceed the stated amount of ingredients for kneading as abnormal vibration may occur.
• Do not insert hot ingredients into the Bowl for processing. Always ensure that the ingredients are sufficiently
cooled before inserting, i.e. boiled potato.
• For Juice Make, fill in the solid ingredients first into the Bowl, followed by the liquid ingredients until the total
volume does not exceed 1,500 mL.
• When process the liquid ingredients together with ice cubes, put the ice cubes not more than 10 pcs (approx.
170 g).
• Do not exceed the stated amount of ingredients for the Kneading Blade as abnormal vibration may occur.
• Do not over process the whipping cream, it may break down to form clumps of butter.
• Using different brands of whipping cream will have varying results. It is recommended to process until the
cream is sufficiently whipped.
• Depending on the speed and amount of ingredients used, there will be significant vibrations present. In that
case, hold down the Bowl Lid with both hands to support it during its operation.
• For kneading, do not reprocess after the dough has formed the first time.
• High amounts of butter and sugar in the dough may cause abnormal vibration when using the Kneading Blade.
• Using flour other than bread flour on the Kneading Blade may cause abnormal vibration. Before processing,
remove 1 ~ 2 tbsp of water from the total amount stated and add the water little by little during processing if
necessary.
11
FOOD PROCESSOR -SLICING BLADES • SHREDDING BLADES • JULIENNE BLADE-
Slicing Blades (Thick / Thin)
- used for slicing ingredients
Shredding Blades (Coarse / Fine)
- used for shredding and grating
ingredients.
Julienne Blade
- used for making french fries and
shredding ingredients.
Ingredient Preparations for Slicing Blades (Thick / Thin)
Function
Slice
Ingredient
Mode
Max
Operating Time (approx.)
Single Use
Cucumber
700 g
Onion
700 g
Carrot
2
600 g
Potato
600 g
Cabbage
400 g
-
Preparation Method
Cut ingredient till it is small
enough to fit into the Feeding
Tube.
Ingredient Preparations for Shredding Blades (Coarse / Fine)
Function
Shred
Ingredient
Mode
Max
Operating Time (approx.)
Single Use
Cucumber
500 g
Carrot
500 g
Potato
2
Cheese
650 g
-
Preparation Method
Cut ingredient till it is small
enough to fit into the Feeding
Tube.
Cut ingredient till it is small
enough to fit into the Feeding
Tube. Do not use hard
ingredients such as Parmesan.
500 g
Ingredient Preparations for French Fry Blade
Function
Ingredient
French Fry
Potato
Mode
Max
Operating Time (approx.)
Single Use
800 g
2
Shred
12
Cabbage
500 g
Preparation Method
Cut ingredient till it is small
enough to fit into the Feeding
Tube.
FOOD PROCESSOR -SLICING BLADES • SHREDDING BLADES • JULIENNE BLADE-
1
English
How to Use: Slicing Blades (Thick / Thin), Shredding Blades (Coarse / Fine), Julienne Blade
2
PUSH
Projected Detent
2
3
1
Finger Holes
Fit the projected detent of the desired blade onto the
Blade Stand and ensure it is seated properly. Push
down on the dimple on the blade as seen above until a
'snap' sound is heard.
Note:
• Beware of the sharp edges on the blades while
inserting into the Blade Stand.
• To remove the blade, turn over the Blade Stand
and push down on the reverse side of the dimple on
the blade.
3
Insert finger and thumb into the finger holes to grip the
Blade Stand. Place the assembled Blade Stand into the
Bowl. Attach the Bowl to the Motor Housing as seen in
page 9, then place the Blade Stand into the Bowl. Place
the Bowl Lid on top of the Bowl and turn it clockwise until
a 'click' sound is heard.
Note:
Ensure that the Drive Shaft is
protruding from the Blade Stand after
insertion.
4
1
2
4
3
3
2
Plug-in the plug into the socket and turn the Rotary
Switch to select the speed required (refer to the
"Preparation of Ingredients" at page 12). Insert the
ingredients into the Feeding Tube and push down with
the Food Pusher.
Note:
• When using long and narrow ingredients, place it
against the front wall of the feeding tube as
indicated in Figure 1, for support while in
operation to avoid uneven processing.
• Dispose of any remaining lumps of unprocessed
ingredients.
• Align high fibre ingredients as indicated in Figure
2 for a consistent processing result.
1
After the processing is completed, return the Rotary
Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug from the socket.
Remove the Blade Stand from the Bowl before removing
the processed ingredients.
Front
Wall
Figure 1
Figure 2
13
FOOD PROCESSOR -SALAD DRAINERIngredient Preparations for Salad Drainer
Function
Ingredient
Lettuce
Leaves
Drainer
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
Speed
Preparation Method
100 g
20 ~ 40 sec
Cut into 3 ~ 5 cm slices.
200 g
20 ~ 50 sec
Shredded to 1 ~ 3 mm.
1
Cabbage
How to Use: Salad Drainer
1
2
PP
A
2
2
3
1
1
B
PP
After inserting the Salad Drainer into the Bowl, insert the Place the Bowl Lid on top of the Bowl and turn it
ingredients into the Salad Drainer. Place the Drainer
clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard. Attach the Bowl
Cover on top of the Salad Drainer until the mark aligns
assembly onto the Motor Housing as seen in page 9.
as shown in A. Turn the Drainer Cover anticlockwise
Note:
until the mark aligns as shown in B.
Ensure that the Drive Shaft is protruding from the
Salad Drainer after insertion.
3
4
1
2
3
2
Plug-in the plug into the socket and turn the Rotary
Switch to select the speed required.
1
After the processing is completed, return the Rotary
Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug from the socket.
Remove the Salad Drainer from the Bowl.
Note:
• Maximum working capacity of the Salad Drainer: 200 g or tilll maximum height of Salad Drainer, whichever
comes first.
• Prohibited ingredients: refer to page 5.
• Ensure that the ingredients are spread evenly around the Salad Drainer before processing.
• Always ensure that the Drainer Cover is attached onto the Salad Drainer before operation, otherwise the
ingredients might come out and tear around the Bowl.
• Depending on the speed and amount of ingredients used, there will be significant vibrations present. In that
case, hold down on the Bowl Lid to support it during its operation.
14
FOOD PROCESSOR -CITRUS PRESSFunction
Ingredient
Speed
Squeeze
Citrus
Fruit
1
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
1000 mL
English
Ingredient Preparations for Citrus Press
Preparation Method
-
Cut fruit into halves.
How to Use: Citrus Press
1
2
1
2
1
3
2
Place the Citrus Strainer onto the Bowl. Turn it
clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard. Attach the Citrus
Cone onto the Drive Shaft.
3
Attach the Bowl assembly onto the Motor Housing as
seen in page 9. Plug-in the plug into the socket and turn
the Rotary Switch to select the speed required.
4
3
2
4
1
Place the half cut fruit with the cut side on top of the
Citrus Cone and press down firmly to extract juice.
After the processing is completed, return the Rotary
Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug from the socket.
Remove the Citrus Press attachment from the Bowl
before pouring the extracted juice out.
Note:
• Always ensure that the Citrus Cone is placed onto the Citrus Strainer before usage.
• Stop the processing periodically to remove the pulp remaining on the Citrus Strainer to ease the juice
extraction process.
• It is not recommended to operate the Citrus Press at speed 2.
15
BLENDER
Introduction
1. Place the Blender Jug on top of the Motor Housing.
Ensure that the triangle mark on the Blender Jug is
aligned with the triangle mark on the Motor Housing
as seen in Position A.
2
1
B
2. Turn the Blender Jug clockwise until a 'click' sound is
heard. Ensure that the triangle mark on the Blender
Jug is aligned with the rectangle mark on the Motor
Housing as seen in B.
A
To disassemble, follow the assembly steps in
reverse.
Ingredient Preparations for Blender
Function
Ingredient
Speed
Liquidize
Fruit,
Vegetable
2
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
1,000 mL
~ 2 min
Preparation Method
Cut into 1 cm cubes.
How to Use : Blender
1
2
2
1
2
Insert ingredients into the Blender Jug and close with
the Blender Lid. Attach the Blender Unit onto the Motor
Housing as seen above. Plug-in the plug into the socket
and turn the Rotary Switch to select the speed required.
3
4
1
After the processing is completed, return the Rotary
Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug from the socket.
Remove the Blender Unit from the Motor Housing and
proceed to remove the ingredients.
Note:
• Maximum working capacity: 1 L.
• Prohibited ingredients for Blender Jug: refer to page 5.
• It is not recommended to blend hard and viscous ingredients. However, if necessary, cut the hard ingredients
into small pieces (e.g. cut carrot into 1 cm³ cubes) and fill the Blender Jug with the ingredients not exceeding
half its rated capacity.
• Do not fill exceeding the maximum level and reduce ingredients when appliance makes abnormal sound or
vibration during operation.
• Add in soft ingredients (fruits, vegetables) into the Blender Jug before adding in other ingredients.
• If the Cutting Blade gets stuck, switch off immediately and unplug. Do not attempt to proceed to unstuck the
ingredients with your fingers, use an object like a rubber spatula instead.
• During blending, there is a possibility that the ingredients will splash out of the Blender Lid hole. In the event
that it splashes out, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
• Do not operate exceeding the rated operation duration (2 min ON, 2 min OFF).
16
DRY MILL
Function
Ingredient
Speed
Max Single
Operating Time (approx.)
Use
English
Ingredient Preparations for Dry Mill
Preparation Method
Coffee Bean
Grind
2
Till
Max Level
~ 60 sec
-
Pepper
How to Use: Dry Mill
1
2
4
1
2
1
2
Maximum
Level for Dry
Ingredients
3
Turn the Mill Container upside down and fill in the
ingredients without exceeding the maximum level
indicated. Place the Mill Container Base into the Mill
Container and turn it clockwise until a 'click' sound is
heard.
3
Attach the Dry Mill Unit onto the Motor Housing. Turn the
Dry Mill Unit clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.
Plug-in the plug into the socket and turn the Rotary
Switch to select the speed required.
4
2
2
3
1
4
1
After the processing is completed, return the Rotary
Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug from the socket.
Remove the Dry Mill Unit from the Motor Housing and
proceed to remove the ingredients.
Turn the Mill Container Base anticlockwise to unlock and
lift up from the Mill Container.
Note:
• While removing the ingredients, be careful of the Cutting Blade.
• Do not operate exceeding the rated operation duration (1 min ON, 2 min OFF).
• Prohibited ingredients: refer to page 5.
• Do not operate the unit with empty Dry Mill.
• Do not fill exceeding the maximum level and reduce ingredients when the appliance makes an abnormal
sound or vibrates during operation.
17
AFTER USE
Cleaning
Pre-wash
The pre-wash enables easier cleaning. It can be used for the Knife Blade and Blender Unit. To pre-wash, simply
follow the steps below.
1 Food Processor
Blender
1
1
2
2
Put the used attachment inside the Bowl, fill the Bowl
with water until the attachment is submerged in water
(max. 500 mL). Place the Bowl Cover on top of the
Bowl and turn it clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.
2
For the Blender Unit, fill 500mL of water into the Blender
Jug and cover with the Blender Lid. Plug-in the plug into
the socket.
3
2
1
Food Processor: Turn the Rotary Switch to "PULSE"
5 ~ 10 times.
Blender: Turn the Rotary Switch to select speed 2 and
operate for 10 ~ 20 seconds.
Return the Rotary Switch to OFF position "0" and unplug
from the socket. Remove the attachments and proceed
for cleaning.
Wash these items by rinsing them under running water. Use neutral kitchen detergent if necessary. Proceed to
wipe them dry with a clean cloth.
Wash these items by rinsing them under running water, and clean carefully with a brush.
Use neutral kitchen detergent if necessary.
Note:
• These items are extremely sharp and should be handled with extra care while cleaning.
Avoid hitting these items on hard objects during the cleaning process.
• The Mill Container Base must not be washed, use Brush to clean.
18
AFTER USE
English
Motor Housing / Rubber Foot
Wipe off any dirt or stains with a clean damp cloth.
Note:
• Ensure that the power cord is unplugged before cleaning the Motor Housing.
• Do not wash the Motor Housing under running water.
• Never use corrosive liquids (e.g. alcohol, thinner, etc) to clean the Motor Housing.
Cleaning with a Dishwasher
The Bowl and Bowl Lid of this appliance are dishwasher safe.
Note:
• Do not place these items near the dishwasher heater area as high temperatures may damage the parts.
Storing
Ensure all attachments and the Bowl are removed from the Motor Housing prior to storage.
1
Release Lever
To release the Rubber Foot suction of the Motor
Housing, press on the release lever located at the
bottom side of the Motor Housing at the same time as
seen in the above picture and lift up.
3
(i)
(i) Store the Knife Blade inside the
Bowl. The Storage Case Unit is
included to store the other
attachments. Store the
attachments in place as per
packaging condition.
2
Tilt the Motor Housing on its side, and proceed to wind
up the Power Cord around the Cord Winding Area
partially, leaving the Plug at the sides.
(ii)
(ii) List of attachments in Storage
Case Unit: Kneading Blade,
Citrus Cone, Thick Slicing Blade,
Thin Slicing Blade, Fine
Shredding Blade, Coarse
Shredding Blade, Julienne Blade,
Blade Stand, Grating Blade,
Whipping Blade and Brush.
(iii)
(iii) Place the Storage Case Lid
beneath the Storage Case to
collect the drained water from
the washed attachments
Note:
• Dispose of the flexible plastic
cover after opening the
Storage Case.
19
TROUBLESHOOTING
Please check the following points before arranging for service.
Problem
The appliance does not turn on.
The appliance does not operate
even when the Rotary Switch is
activated.
The appliance suddenly stops
during operation.
There is abnormal vibration and
noise during operation.
The texture and consistency of
the processed ingredients did
not turn out well.
20
Cause and Action
w
w
w
 The plug is loose in the outlet.
Æ Plug in firmly into the outlet.
 The Bowl, Blender Unit or Dry Mill Unit is not properly locked
onto the Motor Housing.
Æ Ensure that the triangle mark on the attachments are
aligned with the rectangular mark on the Motor Housing as
seen in page 9 and page 16.
 The Bowl Lid or Citrus Strainer is not fully locked onto the
Bowl.
Æ Fully secure the Bowl Lid or Citrus Strainer onto the Bowl.
 The ingredients are jammed.
Æ Remove the ingredients carefully and ensure that the
amount used is as stated.
 The circuit breaker protection is activated. (Refer to page 7)
• Too much ingredients were inserted.
Æ Remove the excess ingredients and ensure that the amount
used is as stated.
• Large chunks or hard ingredients were used.
Æ Ensure that the ingredients are cut into the stated sizes. Do
not use hard ingredients such as frozen foods or highly
dense solids.
 The safety lock was triggered. (Refer to page 8)
• Abnormal vibration during operation may offset the safety
lock engagement.
Æ Ensure that the ingredients used and the amount are as
stated.
Æ Lock the Bowl Lid or Citrus Strainer onto the Bowl firmly,
and ensure that the Bowl, Blender Unit, or Dry Mill Unit is
locked firmly onto the Motor Housing.
w
 The Rubber Feet and/or the work top are not clean.
Æ Wipe off any dirt or stains with a clean damp cloth. The
Rubber Foot is only effective when placed on a clean, smooth
and flat surface.
 The ingredients used for processing is either too much or too
hard.
Æ Ensure that the ingredients used are as stated, reduce the
ingredients if it is over the stated amount.
w
 Some ingredients might be too difficult to process raw,
e.g.pumpkin.
Æ Precook might be necessary to soften the ingredients before
processing, i.e. until a fork can easily pierce.
 Ingredient size is not according to the preparation method.
Æ Prepare accordingly to follow the size stated.
 Processing certain ingredients at the same time may result in
lumps remaining for Frozen function.
 The maximum ingredient amount and processing duration are
meant to serve as a guideline, lesser ingredient amount and
different ingredients will affect the performance.
Æ Process the ingredients with a suitable duration till the
desired texture and consistency.
SPECIFICATIONS
Function
Power Supply
Food Processor
Blender & Dry Mill
220 - 240 V ~ 50 - 60 Hz
180 - 200 W
Rated Consumption
Rotary Switch
Switch
Operation Rating
MK-F500
English
Model No.
2 minutes ON, 4 minutes OFF
Blender: 2 minutes ON, 2 minutes OFF
Dry Mill: 1 minute ON, 2 minutes OFF
With exception for the stated on "Ingredient Preparations" page.
Dimension (Approx.)(HxWxD)
435 x 264 x 265 mm
Blender : 406 x 264 x 265 mm
Dry Mill : 298 x 264 x 265 mm
Mass (Approx.)
3.1 kg
Blender : 2.8 kg
Dry Mill : 2.6 kg
Container Capacity: 2.5 L
Maximum working capacity:
Liquids only = 1.5 L
Solids only = 600 g
Blender : 1 L
Dry Mill : 50 g (Coffee Beans)
Capacity (Approx.)
With exception for the stated on "Ingredient Preparations" page.
Attachment & Accessories
Common Accessories
Dishwasher Safe Items
Knife Blade, Grating Blade, Kneading
Blade, Whipping Blade, Salad Drainer,
Blade Stand, Shredding Blades (Coarse
& Fine), Slicing Blades (Thick & Thin),
Julienne Blade, Citrus Press, and
Storage Case Unit
Blender Unit, Dry Mill Unit
Brush with Spatula
Bowl and Bowl Lid
Note
You can identify the date of manufacturing by production number which is marked on bottom side of the unit.
Production number X XX xxxxxxx
Second and third digits : month (in number) 01-- January, 02--February, ...12--December
First digit: year (last digit of the year in number) 1 - 2011, 2 - 2012, 3 - 2013
This Operating Instructions should be kept because they contain important information.
In case of failure or damage
Do not operate any appliance with a damaged Cord, Plug, after the appliance malfunctions, is dropped,
damaged in any manner. Return appliance to the nearest authorized service facility for examination, repair or
electrical or mechanical adjustment.
21
‫ﻣﻧﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ‪25 - 23 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻡ ‪25 ................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ‪27 - 26 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ ‪27 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ‪28 ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ ‪28 .......................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ‪29 ...............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪31 - 29 ......................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬‫ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬‫)‪ (iii‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ( • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ ‪33 - 32 .......................................................‬‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬‫ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬‫)‪ (iv‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ‪34 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬‫ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬‫)‪ (v‬ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ‪35 .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬‫ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ‪36 ................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ‪36 ..........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬‫ﻧﺣﻭ ﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ‪37 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬‫ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ‪39 - 38 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻳﺑﻳﺎﺑﯽ ‪40 .......................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺧﺻﺎﺕ ‪41 ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ )ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺧﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻁﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻧﺩی ﻭ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﺷﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻳﺭﻭی ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻋﻳﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Å‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Å‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻧﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﯽ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻳﭼﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ )ﺑﺎﻻی ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﮕﺭﺍﺩ( ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺷﮏ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﻍ )ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﮕﺭﺍﺩ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻧﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺵ ﺳﻭﺯی ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﺑﺯﺍﺭی ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻭﻥ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Å‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺑﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ(‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻣﺷﺧﺹ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﻫﺭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺩﺗﯽ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺍﺣﺕ ﮐﻧﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺍﺣﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ(‬
‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ(‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫* ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎی »ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ« ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺭﮐﺕ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺟﺎ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺟﺎ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ‬
‫ﮐﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﮔﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁﮑﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺭﻭ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﮔﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻘﮏ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻡ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﻬﺎی ﺯﻳﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺵ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﺁﻓﺗﺎﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻳﺧﭼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﻳﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺭﻭﻭﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺭﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﺕ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻭﺍﻥ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺭﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺷﮏ ﺳﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺫﺍﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﺧﺷﮏ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ژﺍﻣﺑﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩﭼﻭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﺟﺑﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﻭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻭ‪ ،‬ﺷﮑﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﻭﺭﻓﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ(‪ ,‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻧﻳﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻟﻳﺩﻧﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﺑﻪ ﺟﺯ ﺳﻔﻳﺩﻩ ﺗﺧﻡ ﻣﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯک ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﮐﺭﻓﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺭﻩ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻣﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺭﺩ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﮑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻫﻭﻳﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﻓﻭ )ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺳﻭﻳﺎ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺳﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﺩﻝ )ﺭﺷﺗﻪ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺯ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ؛ ﻣﺛﻼً ﺳﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﮐﻳﻭی ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﭼﺳﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﮐﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺯﺭﺩﭼﻭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺫﺍی ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺻﺭﻓﺎ ً ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺷﮏ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﮐﺷﻣﺵ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺧﻡ ﻣﺭﻍ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩﭼﻭﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺻﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺷﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﺷﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ )ﺻﻔﺣﻪ‪ (26‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﻳﻧﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫①‬
‫②‬
‫⑮‬
‫③‬
‫⑭‬
‫⑬‬
‫⑯‬
‫⑧‬
‫⑫‬
‫⑰‬
‫④‬
‫⑥‬
‫⑪‬
‫⑨‬
‫⑩‬
‫⑦‬
‫⑱‬
‫⑤‬
‫⑲‬
‫ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ 1.5 :‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ‪ /‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻣﺟﺩﺩ ﻗﻁﻊ ﮐﻧﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻟﺱ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫‪ .10‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﻳﺯ‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‬
‫⑳‬
‫‪.13‬‬
‫‪.14‬‬
‫‪.15‬‬
‫‪.16‬‬
‫‪.17‬‬
‫‪.18‬‬
‫‪.19‬‬
‫‪.20‬‬
‫‪.21‬‬
‫‪.22‬‬
‫‪.23‬‬
‫‪.24‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﺯک‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺑﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ*‬
‫*ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫①‬
‫④‬
‫⑫‬
‫ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫‪SAN‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫②‬
‫⑤‬
‫③‬
‫⑥‬
‫⑬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ‪ /‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻣﺟﺩﺩ ﻗﻁﻊ ﮐﻧﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻟﺱ‬
‫⑦‬
‫⑨‬
‫⑪‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ‪2‬‬
‫⑩‬
‫⑧‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ .8‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ‬
‫‪ .9‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺑﺭﻕ‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ*‬
‫‪ .12‬ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺑﺭﺱ‬
‫*ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎی ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻣﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺻﻑ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻡ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﻧﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺟﺩﺩﺍً ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻫﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮑﺗﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ‬
‫ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﻭ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻫﻡ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺗﯽ ﭘﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﮐﺎﻣﻼً‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ :A‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ :B‬ﻗﻔﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻗﻔﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ A‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺑﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﮑﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻧﻬﺎی ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﺑﺯﺍﺭی ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﺎﺣﻳﻪ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺑﺎﺷﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﮐﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ ﻋﻣﻝ ﮐﻧﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﻧﮕﺭﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻧﺩی ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻭک ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻭک ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻟﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻳﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﮐﻳﺩﺍً ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻭ ﺧﺷﮏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 19 - 18‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ »ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ« ﻳﻌﻧﯽ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺣﻭﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺟﺩﺩ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ ،19‬ﺫﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ »ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی« ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻋﮑﺱ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی‬
‫ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ 50 ~ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 400 ~ 50‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪ 20 ~ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 500 ~ 50‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪ 15 ~ 4‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 500 ~ 150‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 500 ~ 5‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 450 ~ 50‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 40 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 70 ~ 5‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 15 ~ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 250 ~ 30‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻝ ﭘﻭﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻧﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﭼﺭﺥ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﺏ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺭی‬
‫ﺍﻳﺗﺎﻟﻳﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭچ‬
‫‪ 60 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 200 ~ 10‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻧﻳﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ 15 ~ 3‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 400 ~ 100‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻟﺱ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ‬
‫ﭘﻭﺭﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ 180 ~ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 450 ~ 250‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺯ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‬
‫~ ‪ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫~ ‪ 10‬ﺗﮑﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ~ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 200 ~ 10‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10 ~ 5‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 400 ~ 100‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺑﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ 6‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬ﺗﮑﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 60 ~ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 200 ~ 10‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﻳﺩ ﻧﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻳﻣﻪ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺭﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻧﻳﺟﺎﺗﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﮐﻳﮏ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻭﭼﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪3 ~ 2‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺟﻡ ﮐﻠﯽ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1500‬ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻁﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﻗﻁﻌﻪ ﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪3 ~ 2‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺟﻡ ﮐﻠﯽ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1500‬ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫~ ‪ 300‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺁﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫)ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻧﯽ(‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫~ ‪1,500‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫~ ‪1,500‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺳﻭپ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﻁﯽ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﻣﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ )ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺧﻣﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻁﻭﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﭘﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﭘﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺭ ﺁﻣﺩﻥ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺭﺱ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺷﻭ‬
‫ﺩ(‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﻫﻣﭼﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻠﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭ ﺑﺭﺳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﭼﺎﻳﺧﻭﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﭘﻳﭼﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﻟﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎی ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﻏﺫﺍﺧﻭﺭی‬
‫ﺁﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺟﺩﺩﺍً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺭﺯ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺍﮔﺭ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﻭﺹ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪200 ~ 160‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫)ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺳﻔﻳﺩﻩ ﺗﺧﻡ ﻣﺭﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺩﺍ‬
‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺑﯽ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺩﺳﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ‪ %35‬ﭼﺭﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎی ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﮕﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ 90 ~ 50‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 6 ~ 2‬ﺗﮑﻪ‬
‫‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ~ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫‪300 ~ 100‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻳﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻡ ﻣﺭﻍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪3~2‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ 200‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺿﻣﺎﺋﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 29‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻧﺻﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﮑﺳﺎﻥ ﭘﺭﺍﮐﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ )ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک ﻓﻠﺯی ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫»‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ »ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪ 29-30 .‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻳﺕ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺧﻧﮏ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﺣﺟﻡ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪1500‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻣﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﺗﮑﻪ ﻳﺦ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 170‬ﮔﺭﻡ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﻧﺯﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻭﻥ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺗﺟﺯﻳﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﮐﺭﻩ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻧﺗﺎﻳﺟﯽ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﮑﻝ ﮔﺭﻓﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺟﺩﺩﺍً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺭﺯ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﮐﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺭﺩی ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺭﺩ ﻣﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ 2 ~ 1 ،‬ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﻏﺫﺍﺧﻭﺭی ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺫﮐﺭ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ( • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺳﺭﺥ‬‫ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪/‬ﺭﻳﺯ(‬
‫ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ‬‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪/‬ﻧﺎﺯک(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻭﺭﻓﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪/‬ﻧﺎﺯک(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 700‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 700‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻳﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻓﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪/‬ﺭﻳﺯ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﭘﻧﻳﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬
‫‪ 650‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻧﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫‪ 800‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ( )ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪/‬ﻧﺎﺯک(‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪/‬ﺭﻳﺯ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﮔﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺭﺟﺳﺗﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎی ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺳﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺳﻭﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎی ﮔﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺭﺟﺳﺗﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻅﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﻓﺭﻭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‬
‫ﮔﻭﺩی ﺭﻭی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‬
‫‪.‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 29‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭘﺱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﮕﺫﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﺗﻠﻕ« ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻔﺗﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻟﻳﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻳﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫• •‬
‫ﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺭک‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﮔﻭﺩی ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﮐﻣﯽ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ »ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬
‫‪ 32‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‪ .‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯک‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻭی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﮑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻗﻳﻣﺎﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﻪ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺑﯽ ﻳﮑﺩﺳﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪2‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﻫﺎی ‪5 ~ 3‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 40 ~ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺗﮑﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪1‬‬
‫~‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‪.‬‬
‫‪ 50 ~ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺭﮔﻬﺎی ﮐﺎﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﮑﺵ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪PP‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪PP‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﺭﻭی ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ‬
‫ﺿﻣﺎﺋﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 29‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ A‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻧﺻﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ 200 :‬ﮔﺭﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺭ ﮐﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﺍﺳﺭ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﭘﺧﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ؛ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻧﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺧﺵ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺁﺏ ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺏ ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪1,000‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺷﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﻫﺎ )ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺿﻣﺎﺋﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 29‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺧﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻣﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺭﻭی ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮔﻬﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻗﻳﻣﺎﻧﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻥ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ‪ 2‬ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﭘﺎﺭچ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﺭچ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ A‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﭘﺎﺭچ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی‬
‫»ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﺭچ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫~ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫‪1,000‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫)ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻣﺎﻧﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ 1 :‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻭ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺎک ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺿﺭﻭﺭی ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ )ﻣﺛﻼً ﻫﻭﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﮑﻌﺏ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ( ﻭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ‬
‫ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﭘﺭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﺩﺍﻫﺎی ﻧﺎﻫﻧﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻧﺭﻡ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ( ﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺯﻭﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﮔﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺗﺎﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻳﺋﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻗﺎﺷﻘﮏ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻁﯽ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻭﺭﺍﺥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﭘﺎﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻳﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺷﮏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺩﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﮕﺫﺍﺭﻳﺩ )‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫~ ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻔﻝ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ؛ ﺩﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ‬
‫ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻭﺩ؛‬
‫ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺧﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺩﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﮕﺫﺍﺭﻳﺩ )‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﭘﺭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﺩﺍﻫﺎی ﻧﺎﻫﻧﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺑﺵ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﻭ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺑﺵ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺑﺎﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﺭ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ )ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ‪500‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻠﻳﺗﺭ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁﮑﻥ‪ ،‬ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁﮑﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻠﻳﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁﮑﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‪/‬ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﺋﻳﭻ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ »‪ «0‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ »ﭘﺎﻟﺱ« ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ 10 ~ 5‬ﺑﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ‪ 2‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺩﺕ ‪ 20 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺁﺑﮑﺷﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﺧﻧﺛﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﭘﺎک ﻭ ﺧﺷﮏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺁﺑﮑﺷﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﺱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﺧﻧﺛﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻳﺯ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻁﯽ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻳﺎء ﻳﺎ ﺳﻁﻭﺡ ﺳﺧﺕ ﺑﺭﺧﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻧﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺷﺳﺗﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ؛ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ‪ /‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﮔﻭﻧﻪ ﮔﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﮐﺷﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺷﺳﺗﻥ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺭﮔﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﻭﺭﻧﺩﻩ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻧﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ( ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮏ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻧﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﺑﻳﻧﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﻳﺭﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻣﺕ ﺧﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﭘﻳﭼﻳﺩﻥ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﭘﻳﭼﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻁﺭﻓﻳﻥ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(iii‬‬
‫)‪ (iii‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭی‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻣﻊ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﭘﻭﺷﺵ ﭘﻼﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﮐﺷﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻣﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(ii‬‬
‫)‪(i‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﻓﻬﺭﺳﺕ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‪ :‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﻳﻧﺩی ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻭﺩﻧﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﺯک‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ ) ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺳﺭﺥ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻳﺑﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺕ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﮑﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻳﻔﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 29‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﭼﺳﺑﻳﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 27‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎی ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺧﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻏﺫﺍﻫﺎی ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺭﺍﮐﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 28‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‬
‫• ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺩﺭﮔﻳﺭ ﺷﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻫﺭ ﮔﻭﻧﻪ ﮔﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ؛ ﺍﮔﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﺭﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﮐﺩﻭ ﺣﻠﻭﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﺗﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺗﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﺑﭘﺯﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺭﻡ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﭼﻧﮕﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺭﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﮐﺭ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻫﻣﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺭﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺷﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺭﻓﺎ ً ﺟﻧﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻳﺕ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﮔﺫﺍﺷﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺩﺗﯽ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻓﺭﺁﻳﻧﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺗﯽ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﻳﮕﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺻﺩﺍی ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی‬
‫ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺗﯽ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺧﺻﺎﺕ‬
‫‪MK-F500‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫‪220 - 240 V ~ 50 - 60 Hz‬‬
‫‪180 - 200 W‬‬
‫ﺷﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺩﻝ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺭﻑ ﺑﺭﻕ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ 2 :‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ 1 :‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎی »ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ« ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 4 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ 265 x 264 x 406 :‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ 265 x 264 x 298 :‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 2.8‬ﮐﻳﻠﻭﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 2.6‬ﮐﻳﻠﻭﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫‪ 265 x 264 x 435‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 3.1‬ﮐﻳﻠﻭﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻅﺭﻑ‪ 2.5 :‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ 1 :‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﮐﺎﺭی‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ 50 :‬ﮔﺭﻡ )ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ(‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ = ‪ 1.5‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﺟﺎﻣﺩﺍﺕ = ‪ 600‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎی »ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ« ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺱ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫)ﮐﻠﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯک(‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺯ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺳﻳﺏ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺳﺭﺥ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻳﺭی‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺭﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻗﺎﺷﻘﮏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺿﻣﺎﺋﻡ ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻣﺷﺗﺭک‬
‫ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻭ ﺟﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪X XX xxxxxxx‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎ )ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﮐﺎﺭی( ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻣﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺪﺮ ﺼﻭﺭﺖ ﺧﺭﺍﺏ ﺸﺪﻦ ﻴﺎ ﺁﺴﻴﺐ ﺪﻳﺪﻦ ﺪﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻥ ‪45 - 43 ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ‪45 ...............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ‪47 - 46 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪47 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ‪48 ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻛﻳﻙ ‪48 ........................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪49 ...............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ ‪51 - 49 ................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ‬‫)‪ (iii‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ • ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ ‪53 - 52 ................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ‬‫)‪ (iv‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ‪54 ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ‬‫)‪ (v‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ‪55 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ‬‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪55 ................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ‪56 ..............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ‪57 .............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪59 - 58 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪60 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪61 ..................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻥ )ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Å‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Å‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻥ )ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻥ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ( ﺑﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺭ ﻟﺗﺟﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ )ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ( ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﺻﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Å‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ(‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺗﺯﻡ ﺑﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻭﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺭﻭﻕ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫*ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ" ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺿﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻓﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻘﺕ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﺭﺿًﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻛﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻅﺎﻡ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻧﺔ ﺟﺩﺍ؛‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺫﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻧﺯﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻧﺟﺑﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻭﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﻪ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‪ ,‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‪ ,‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﺛﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺯﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﻓﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﻭﺑﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﻧﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻓﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺭﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻳﻭﻱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ ﻭﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺑﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻕ ﻭﻧﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺟﺎﻑ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺏ ﻭﻣﺻﻘﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ( 46‬ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫①‬
‫②‬
‫⑮‬
‫③‬
‫⑭‬
‫⑬‬
‫⑯‬
‫⑧‬
‫⑫‬
‫⑰‬
‫④‬
‫⑥‬
‫⑪‬
‫⑨‬
‫⑩‬
‫⑦‬
‫⑱‬
‫⑤‬
‫⑲‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ 1.5 :‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ /‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻗﻭﺍﻁﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﺑﺽ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‬
‫*ﺷﻛﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫⑳‬
‫‪.13‬‬
‫‪.14‬‬
‫‪.15‬‬
‫‪.16‬‬
‫‪.17‬‬
‫‪.18‬‬
‫‪.19‬‬
‫‪.20‬‬
‫‪.21‬‬
‫‪.22‬‬
‫‪.23‬‬
‫‪.24‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ‬
‫*ﻗﺎﺑﺱ‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫①‬
‫④‬
‫⑫‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫‪SAN‬‬
‫②‬
‫⑤‬
‫③‬
‫⑥‬
‫⑬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫⑨‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ /‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻗﻭﺍﻁﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫⑦‬
‫ﻧﺑﺽ‬
‫⑪‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫⑩‬
‫⑧‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺳﻠﻙ‬
‫‪* .11‬ﻗﺎﺑﺱ‬
‫‪ .12‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻛﺎﺷﻁﺔ‬
‫*ﺷﻛﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ "‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺄﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ "‪ "0‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺄﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺷﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :A‬ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :B‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ‪،A‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﻧﺋﺫ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻊ ‪.B‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﻔﺗﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻛﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻳﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﺻﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻲ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺟﺯﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺳﺗﺗﺿﺭﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻛﻳﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺷﺩﺓ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺟﻔﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺟﻳﺩﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 58-59‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ "ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ" "‪ ."0‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ 59‬ﺗﺣﺕ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ "ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ" ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪.A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪.B‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﻛﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﻛﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 50 ~ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 400 ~ 50‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ 20 ~ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 500 ~ 50‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪~ 2‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 15 ~ 4‬ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 500 ~ 150‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 500 ~ 5‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 450 ~ 50‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 40 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 70 ~ 5‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 18 ~ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 250 ~ 30‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻅﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻧﺑﺽ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺩﻭﻧﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻁﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 60 ~ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 200 ~ 10‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﺑﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺣﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪3 ~ 2‬‬
‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 15 ~ 3‬ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 400 ~ 100‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺑﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ 180 ~ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 450 ~ 250‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫~ ‪ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫~‪ 10‬ﻗﻁﻊ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‬
‫ﺟﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭﻗﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ~ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 200 ~ 10‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭﻗﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10 ~ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫‪ 400 ~ 100‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ 8 ~ 6‬ﻗﻁﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 60 ~ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 200 ~ 10‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺗﻳﺕ‬
‫‪ 2 ~ 1‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‪.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻌﻙ‪.‬‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫~ ‪ 300‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫)ﻟﻠﺣﻠﻭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ .‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺧﻁﻰ ‪1500‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ .‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺧﻁﻰ ‪1500‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫~ ‪1,500‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‬
‫~ ‪1,500‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺯﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ )ﺣﻳﺙ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺷﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﻷﻭﺍﻧﻪ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺯﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﺑﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﺗﻘﺷﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻑ ﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻧﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺟﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫)ﻟﻠﺧﺑﺯ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫~ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫‪200 ~ 160‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻌﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺯﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻫﻭﻥ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪ 35%‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 90 ~ 50‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 6 ~ 2‬ﻗﻁﻊ‬
‫‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ~ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫‪300 ~ 100‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 3 ~ 2‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ )ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.49‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﻭﻧﺷﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫"‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ )ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(49-50‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺟﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺧﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 10‬ﻗﻁﻊ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 170‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻔﻭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺣﻠﻝ ﻟﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻋﺗﻳﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻳﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺩﻗﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻋﺗﻳﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ 2 – 1‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺩﺭﻳﺞ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ • ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻠﻳﺔ‬‫ﻭﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﻭﺑﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ 700‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 700‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻧﺏ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ 650‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ 800‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻧﺏ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ(‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ • ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺟﻭﻟﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺋﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻘﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻣﺳﻙ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺿﻊ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،49‬ﺛﻡ ﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺋﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻓﺭﻗﻌﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﺑﻠﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ )ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(.52‬‬
‫"‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ،1‬ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻓﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﺳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 5 ~ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 40~20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 3 ~ 1‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 50~20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻏﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺱ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻧﺏ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ(‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪PP‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪PP‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.49‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻔﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺃ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺩ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺟﻔﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪ 200 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪45‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻧﺎﺛﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺩﻙ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪1,000‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺻﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻔﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ .49‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ "‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻔﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺄﺱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ ﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻌﺩﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ ﺇﺑﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺃ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺇﺑﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻁﻘﻁﻘﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫~ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫‪1,000‬‬
‫ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻳﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ "‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.49‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪ 1,000 :‬ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪45‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺧﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺳﻡ‪ (³‬ﻭﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁﻰ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻘﺕ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﻭﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻁ‪ ،‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﺎﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫~ ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻁﺣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﺭﺃﺳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫"ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ "‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪45‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﻝء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﻏﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء )ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻝ(‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫"ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻹﻧﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻏﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء )ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻝ(‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻹﻧﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺎء ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻁﻘﻁﻘﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ "‪ "0‬ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺿﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺔ "ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ" ‪5‬‬
‫– ‪ 10‬ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻐﻠﻪ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 20 – 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ ﻣﺣﺎﻳﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺟﻔﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻳﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺑﺄﺷﻳﺎء ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻏﺳﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺫﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻐﺳﻝ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺣﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺛﻧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ( ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻏﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺁﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻐﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﻌﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(iii‬‬
‫)‪ (iii‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻟﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﻏﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺿﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(ii‬‬
‫)‪(i‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺷﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.49‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻐﻠﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻛﺩﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪) .‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(47‬‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺩﺭﺍ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪) .‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(48‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻗﻔﻝ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﺿﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻧﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ ﻧﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺻﺑﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺻﻘﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺻﻌﺏ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻳﻘﻁﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳًﺎ ﻟﺗﻠﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﺔ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺻﻬﻣﺎ ﻛﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﺳﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻓﺟﺄﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪MK-F500‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪220 - 240 V ~ 50 - 60 Hz‬‬
‫‪180 - 200 W‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ" ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ 265 x 264 x 406 :‬ﻣﻠﻡ‬
‫‪ 265 x 264 x 435‬ﻣﻠﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ 265 x 264 x 298 :‬ﻣﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ 2.8 :‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ 2.6 :‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫‪ 3.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ 1 :‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ 50 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ )ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ(‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ 2.5 :‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ = ‪ 1.5‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ = ‪ 600‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻋﺮﺽ × ﻗﻄﺮ( )ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء "ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ" ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺳﺳﻭﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻛﺳﺳﻭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ‪X XX xxxxxxx‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ( ‪2013 – 3 ،2012–2 ،2011–1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﺤًﺎ )ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ( ‪ – 01‬ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ – 02 ،‬ﻓﺒﺮﺍﻳﺮ‪ –12 ،‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﺘﻀﺮﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﺮﺭﻩ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻟﻔﺤﺼﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
MEMO
62
MEMO
63
Panasonic Manufacturing Malaysia Berhad
No. 3, Jalan Sesiku 15/2, Section 15, Shah Alam Industrial Site,
40200 Shah Alam, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia.
http://www.panasonic.com
Printed in Malaysia
© Panasonic Manufacturing Malaysia Berhad 2016
UZ50J155
F0116-0
S1
Download PDF

advertising